Issuu on Google+

‫ﻣﻌﲎ‬

‫ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ‪ :‬ﳌﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﻠﻐﻠﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻗﻠﺘﻬﺎ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻭﷲ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﰲ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺸﻒ ﺿﻼﻟﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﲨﻌﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﲡﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻬﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻭﺯﻳﻦ ﳍﺎ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻞ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﺬ ﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻬﺑﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻬﻪ ﻭﻫﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻴﺾ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺿﻼﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﺰﺧﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ -‬ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﺑﺴﻄﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﲨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ؛ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺘﺠﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﱴ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬ ‫) ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ( ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺣﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﲑﺕ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﲢﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﺨﻪ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋًﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪًﺍ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﲔ ﻓﻴﻪ ) ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ( ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﲨﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫!‪šÎ7/Ρs%Î‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ‪} :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪öÏøótGó™$#uρ ª!$# ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& óΟn=÷æ$$sù‬‬

‫‪∩∇∪ 4o_ó¡çtø:$# â!$yϑó™F{$# ã&s! ( uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω ª!$#‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫‪،‬‬

‫©‪tµ≈s9Î) Iω 4 ÅÝó¡É)ø9$$Î/ $JϑÍ←!$s% ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# (#θä9'ρé&uρ èπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$#uρ uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ª!$# y‰Îγx‬‬

‫)‪. (٣) { ∩⊇∇∪ ÞΟŠÅ6y⇔ø9$# Ⓝ͖yêø9$# uθèδ ωÎ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺮﺭ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺘﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ß≈oΗ÷q§9$# uθèδ ( Íοy‰≈y㤱9$#uρ É=ø‹tóø9$# ÞΟÎ=≈tã ( uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω “Ï%©!$# ª!$# uθèδ‬‬

‫‪Ⓝ͓yèø9$# Ú∅Ïϑø‹yγßϑø9$# ßÏΒ÷σßϑø9$# ãΝ≈n=¡¡9$# â¨ρ‘‰à)ø9$# à7Î=yϑø9$# uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω ”Ï%©!$# ª!$# uθèδ ∩⊄⊄∪ ÞΟŠÏm§9$#‬‬

‫‪{ ∩⊄⊂∪ šχθà2Îô³ç„ $£ϑtã «!$# z≈ysö6ß™ 4 çÉi9x6tGßϑø9$# â‘$¬6yfø9$#‬‬

‫)‪(٤‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ً‬ ‫ﻧﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﹰﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻋﺘﲎ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ؟ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺰﻳﻼ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٩ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٨ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٢٣ - ٢٢ :‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ؛ ﻛﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺒﺘًﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﳝﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺘﻢ ﲝﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪﺓ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻮﻬﺗﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻷﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺠﺰﺍﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻘﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻌًﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﲑ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪٤‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﳓﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻀﻞ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻀﻠﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ً‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﻭﲤﺴﻚ ﺑﺴﻨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪. . .‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﺟﺮًﺍ ﻋﻈﻴﻤًﺎ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ . . .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪nο4θn=¢Á9$# ÞΟçFøŠŸÒs% #sŒÎ*sù‬‬

‫‪. (١) { 4 öΝà6Î/θãΖã_ 4’n?tãuρ #YŠθãèè%uρ $Vϑ≈uŠÏ% ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪£‰x©r & ÷ρr& öΝà2u!$t/#u ö/ä.Ìø.É‹x . ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù öΝà6s3Å¡≈oΨ¨Β ΟçGøŠŸÒs% #sŒÎ*sù‬‬

‫‪. (٢) { 3 #\ò2ÏŒ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻚ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٣) { ( ÏΘ#tysø9$# Ìyèô±yϑø9$# y‰ΨÏã ©!$# (#ρãà2øŒ$$sù ;M≈sùttã‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٤) { ( ÉΟ≈yè÷ΡF{$#‬‬

‫‪ï∅ÏiΒ ΟçFôÒsùr& !#sŒÎ*sù‬‬

‫‪Ïπyϑ‹Îγt/ .ÏiΒ Νßγs%y—u‘ $tΒ 4’n?tã BM≈tΒθè=÷è¨Β 5Θ$−ƒr& þ’Îû «!$# zΝó™$# (#ρãà2õ‹tƒuρ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٥) { 4 ;N≡yŠρ߉÷è¨Β 5Θ$−ƒr& þ’Îû ©!$# (#ρãä.øŒ$#uρ * } :‬‬

‫ﻭﺷﺮﻉ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪. (٦) { ∩⊇⊆∪ ü“Ìò2Ï%Î! nο4θn=¢Á9$# ÉΟÏ%r&uρ } :‬‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٣ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٠٠ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٩٨ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٠٣ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٦‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٤ :‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪‬‬

‫} ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ {‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ( ‪ . . .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬

‫‪Zοtõ3ç/ çνθßsÎm7y™uρ ∩⊆⊇∪ #ZÏVx. #[ø.ÏŒ ©!$# (#ρâè0øŒ$# (#θãΖtΒ#u tÏ%©!$# $pκš‰r'¯≈tƒ‬‬

‫‪. (٢) { ∩⊆⊄∪ ¸ξ‹Ï¹r&uρ‬‬

‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ {‬

‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ (‬

‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﳍﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﹼﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺁﺛﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ‪ً ،‬‬ ‫ﻃﻨﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺴﻜﲔ ﻬﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪- :‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪- :‬‬ ‫ً‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ )‪ ، (١١٤١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٧٥/٥‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٤٢ - ٤١ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ )‪. (٣٥٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺫﺍﻬﻧﻢ ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﰲ ﺧﻄﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﳏﺎﺩﺛﺎﻬﺗﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻉ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﺴﺖ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﺩﺕ ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ‪ . . .‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﻗﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺘﲔ ‪ ) :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ؟ ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺟﺒﺘﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ؟ ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ) ﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩًﺍ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ( ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪∩⊄∇∪ tβθãèÅ_ötƒ öΝßγ¯=yès9 ϵÎ7É)tã ’Îû Zπu‹Ï%$t/ OπyϑÎ=x.‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪( ١‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫©‪ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω 4 ÅÝó¡É)ø9$$Î/ $JϑÍ←!$s% ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# (#θä9'ρé&uρ èπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$#uρ uθèδ ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ª!$# y‰Îγx‬‬

‫‪{ ∩⊇∇∪ ÞΟŠÅ6y⇔ø9$# Ⓝ͖yêø9$# uθèδ‬‬

‫)‪( ٢‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ ∩∈∉∪ Èβρ߉ç7÷èu‹Ï9 ωÎ) }§ΡM}$#uρ £Ågø:$# àMø)n=yz $tΒuρ } :‬‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٦ :‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬

‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫‪.‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ÏΒ šÎ=ö6s% ÏΒ $uΖù=y™ö‘r& !$tΒuρ‬‬

‫‘§™‪. (١) { ∩⊄∈∪ Èβρ߉ç7ôã$$sù O$tΡr& HωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω …絯Ρr& ϵø‹s9Î) ûÇrθçΡ ωÎ) @Αθß‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪…絯Ρr& (#ÿρâ‘É‹Ρr& ÷βr& ÿÍνÏŠ$t6Ïã ôÏΒ â!$t±o„ tΒ 4’n?tã ÍνÌøΒr& ôÏΒ Çyρ”9$$Î/ sπs3Íׯ≈n=yϑø9$# ãΑÍi”t∴ãƒ‬‬

‫‪{ ∩⊄∪ Èβθà)¨?$$sù O$tΡr& HωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω‬‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﺼﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻫﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ } ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ‬

‫ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ { )‪ ) (٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬

‫) ‪ ( . ( ٢٣‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪‬‬

‫} ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﹰﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﻮﻣًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫)‪( ٤‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ) ‪ ( ٢٥٥/٣‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ) ‪. ( . ( ١٩‬‬ ‫ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٥ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٩٤/٦‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٣٨٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (١٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (٦٢٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (٢٤٣٥‬ﺃﺑﻮ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٥٨٤‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٧٨٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٢٣٣/١‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪. (١٦١٤‬‬ ‫‪٨‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻨﺖ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺮﺯﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺪﺭﻱ ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻙ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺮﻫﻦ ﻏﲑﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﲔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﺖ ﻬﺑﻦ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‬

‫) ‪ ( ٥٢٨/١‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( ٢٣٢٤‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻤﺂﻥ ‪ ( .‬ﻓﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋﺎ ‪ } :‬ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‬

‫ﻋﺮﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ { )‪ (٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( . ( ٣٥٧٩‬ﻭﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ُ } ‬ﻳﺼَﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺀﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﺠﻼ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺗﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻚ ﻋﺬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ؟ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﺎﺷﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻭﺛﻘﻠﺖ‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٧٠/٢‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ )‪. (٣٥٨٥‬‬ ‫‪٩‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ {‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( ٢٦٤١‬ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ) ‪( ٦ ٥٠/ ١‬‬

‫ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ‪ ( .‬ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺫﻛﺮ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ ) ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ( ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﲦﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﳒﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﲤﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺎﻳﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﲡﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺮﺟﺢ ﺑﺼﺤﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﲣﺮﻕ ﺍﳊﺠﺐ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻔﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﺘﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﺯًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻭﻫﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻘﺼﲑﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٣٩‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ )‪. (٤٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ‪ -‬ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﺈﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪) :‬ﻻ( ﻧﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺇﻟﻪ( ﺍﲰﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﲏ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﳏﺬﻭﻑ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ‪ ) :‬ﺣﻖ ( ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﱪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺄﳍﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺗﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺿﺮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻐﻠﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﱪﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ) :‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ( ﻓﻘﻂ ؛‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﻤﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺭﻛﲏ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﳍﺎ ﺭﻛﻨﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﳍﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬

‫ﺍﲣﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻓﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ‪} ،‬‬

‫‪ÏΒ šχθããô‰tƒ $tΒ χr&uρ ‘,ysø9$# uθèδ ©!$#  χr'Î/ šÏ9≡sŒ‬‬

‫‪. (١) { ã≅ÏÜ≈t6ø9$# uθèδ ϵÏΡρߊ‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ :���ﻓﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﳍﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ) ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻪ ( ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻲ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﲞﻼﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺴﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻏﻠﻄﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻏﻠﻂ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭﳓﻮ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٦٢ :‬‬ ‫‪١١‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ؟ ﻗﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﲔ ؛ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻺﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﲰﻲ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳐﻄﺊ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟـ ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﻔﻴًﺎ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗًﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺐ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻳﻦ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﳍﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ‪ :‬ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﳌﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺇﺧﻼﺻًﺎ ﷲ ﻭﻃﻠﺒًﺎ ﳌﺮﺿﺎﺗﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻘﻴﺎﺩ ﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻬﻧﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻀﺢ ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺈﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻧﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻻ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺗﺼﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻙ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (١) { ( $\↔ø‹x© ϵÎ/ (#θä.Îô³è@ Ÿωuρ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç6ôã$#uρ * } :‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪Ÿω 4’s+øOâθø9$# Íοuρóãèø9$$Î/ y7|¡ôϑtGó™$# ωs)sù «!$$Î/ -∅ÏΒ÷σãƒuρ ÏNθäó≈©Ü9$$Î/ öàõ3tƒ yϑsù‬‬

‫‪. (٢) { ∩⊄∈∉∪ îΛÎ=tæ ìì‹Ïÿxœ ª!$#uρ 3 $oλm; tΠ$|ÁÏΡ$#‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪( |Nθäó≈©Ü9$#‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪( ٣‬‬

‫‪(#θç7Ï⊥tGô_$#uρ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç6ôã$# Âχr& »ωθß™§‘ 7π¨Βé& Èe≅à2 ’Îû $uΖ÷Wyèt/ ô‰s)s9uρ‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ {‬

‫)‪(٤‬‬

‫) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( ٢٣‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪. ( .‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻘﻮﻣﻪ ‪ . . . (٥) { ÿ…çνçöxî >µ≈s9Î) ôÏiΒ Νä3s9 $tΒ ©!$# (#ρ߉ç7ôã$# } :‬ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ‬

‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺣﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻄﺎﻉ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺼﻰ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﺟﻼﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺒﺔ ﻭﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻭﺭﺟﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺆﺍﻻ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٦ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٥٦ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٦ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٩٤/٦‬‬ ‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٩ :‬‬ ‫‪١٣‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﳌﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪∩∈∪ Ò>$yfãã íóy´s9 #x‹≈yδ ¨βÎ) ( #´‰Ïn≡uρ $Yγ≈s9Î‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫&‪sπoλÎ;Fψ$# Ÿ≅yèy_r‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻩ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﺴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﻘﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺑﺎﺋﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺬﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﻑ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱪﻙ ﺑﺘﺮﺑﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺇﻻ ﻟﺰﻋﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ ﻻ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﳜﻠﻘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳊﺎﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻋﻤﻪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺒﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ‪ :‬ﲢﺎﻛﻤﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺳﻜﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬ ‫) ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ( ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻗﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﻻ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥ :‬‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻧﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪} :‬‬

‫&‪íóy´s9 #x‹≈yδ ¨βÎ) ( #´‰Ïn≡uρ $Yγ≈s9Î) sπoλÎ;Fψ$# Ÿ≅yèy_r‬‬

‫‪.(١) { ∩∈∪ Ò>$yfãã‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪$¨ΖÍ←r& tβθä9θà)tƒuρ ∩⊂∈∪ tβρçÉ9õ3tGó¡o„ ª!$# ωÎ) tµ≈s9Î) Iω öΝçλm; Ÿ≅‹Ï% #sŒÎ) (#þθçΡ%x. öΝåκ¨ΞÎ‬‬

‫‪∩⊂∉∪ ¥βθãΖøg¤Χ 9Ïã$t±Ï9 $oΨÏGyγÏ9#u (#þθä.Í‘$tGs9‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻓﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺄﻧﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻧﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻊ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺒﺎ ﳌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﳍﺐ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﲟﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﹰﺎ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﳌﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ًّ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﳌﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲞﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ ﳍﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪y‰Íκy− tΒ ωÎ‬‬

‫‪. (٣) { ∩∇∉∪ tβθßϑn=ôètƒ öΝèδuρ Èd,ysø9$$Î/‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫‪4 ª!$# ϵÎ/ .βsŒù'tƒ öΝs9 $tΒ ÉÏe$!$#‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪(٤‬‬

‫&‪zÏiΒ Οßγs9 (#θããuŸ° (#àσ¯≈Ÿ2uà° óΟßγs9 ÷Πr‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‬

‫ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٣٦ - ٣٥ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٨٦ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬���ﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢١ :‬‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﻓﺾ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺸﺮﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪} :‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳉﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﹰ‬

‫&‪÷Πr‬‬

‫‪. (١) { 4 ª!$# ϵÎ/ .βsŒù'tƒ öΝs9 $tΒ ÉÏe$!$# zÏiΒ Οßγs9 (#θããuŸ° (#àσ¯≈Ÿ2uà° óΟßγs9‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٢) { ∩⊇⊄⊇∪ tβθä.Îô³çRmQ öΝä3¯ΡÎ) öΝèδθßϑçG÷èsÛr& ÷βÎ)uρ } :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ «!$# Âχρߊ ÏiΒ $\/$t/ö‘r& öΝßγuΖ≈t6÷δâ‘uρ öΝèδu‘$t6ômr& (#ÿρä‹sƒªB$# } :‬‬

‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ } ‬ﺗﻼ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻲ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﳛﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﳛﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺤﺮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ { )‪ ) (٤‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( ٣٠٩٤‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ‪. ( .‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻐﲑ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﲣﺬﻭﻫﻢ ً‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ . . .‬ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﳌﻨﺎﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﳌﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ‪. . .‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٥) { ÉΑθß™§9$#uρ «!$# ’n<Î) çνρ–Šãsù &óx« ’Îû ÷Λäôãt“≈uΖs? βÎ*sù } :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ ’În1u‘ ª!$# ãΝä3Ï9≡sŒ 4 «!$# ’n<Î) ÿ…çµßϑõ3ßssù &óx« ÏΒ ÏµŠÏù ÷Λäøn=tG÷z$# $tΒuρ } :‬‬

‫)‪(٦‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬

‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﳛﻜﻢ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﻈﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻓﺴﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢١ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢١ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣١ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )‪. (٣٠٩٥‬‬ ‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٩ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٦‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠ :‬‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻴﺤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﻠﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺷﺮﻙ ﻳﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻴﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲪﻠﻪ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻭﺷﺮﻙ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻳُﻨﻘﱢﺾُ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹰﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻼ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﻬﺗﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﻬﺗﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻔﻈﹰﺎ ﻳﺮﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﱪﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﳌﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻨﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﳑﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺎﻟﻔﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﻬﺗﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﻬﺗﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﻰ ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﲰﺎﻩ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪tÏ%©!$# (#ρâ‘sŒuρ ( $pκÍ5 çνθãã÷Š$$sù 4o_ó¡çtø:$# â!$oÿôœF{$# ¬!uρ‬‬

‫‪∩⊇∇⊃∪ tβθè=yϑ÷ètƒ (#θçΡ%x. $tΒ tβ÷ρt“ôfã‹y™ 4 ϵÍׯ≈yϑó™r& þ’Îû šχρ߉Åsù=ãƒ‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻹﳊﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻹﳊﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﲜﺤﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﲜﺤﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﳍﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺈﳊﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﻓﺈﻬﻧﻢ ﺟﻌﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﻤﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﻬﺎ ‪. . .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﳊﺪ ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺎﻋﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻷﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ ( $pκÍ5 çνθãã÷Š$$sù } :‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳍﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﻭﲟﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ‪. . .‬‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨٠ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨٠ :‬‬ ‫‪١٧‬‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﺍ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻣﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﺃﻫﻢ ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲤﺎﻡ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ ﺷﺎﻓﻴًﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﺲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﲏ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺪﺑﺮًﺍ ﻭﻻ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﳌﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﲰﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﻨﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻮﺣﻴﺪﺍ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻧﻔﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺗ ً‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺟﺤﺪ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻩ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻬﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺋﺾ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٨‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑًﺎ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﻥ ‪ . . .‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫)‪( ١‬‬

‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٢٠٦/١١‬ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ‪ ( . ( ٣٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻌﺪﻳﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ { )‪ ) (٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ( . ١٩٩/١‬ﻭﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋًﺎ ‪ } :‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ {‬

‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ) ‪ ( ٢٢٩-٢٢٨/١‬ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ‪ ( .‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺗﺒﻮﻙ ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬ ‫ً‬

‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ } ‬ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺤﺠﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ {‬

‫)‪(٤‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ) ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ‬

‫) ‪. ( . ( ٢٢٤/١‬‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪ ، (٤١٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪. (٣٣‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ ، (١٢٨‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٣٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٦١/٣‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٣٨‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣١٨/٥‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤٢١/٢‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﳍﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳒﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻟﺼًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳒﺬﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻮﺣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻝ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺷﻌﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻥ ﺫﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ ﳑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﰒ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ���ﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮﺕ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳜﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﱳ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﳍﺎ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪًﺍ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﱂ‬ ‫ﳜﺎﻟﻂ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﱳ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ } ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺘﻪ {‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺄﻣﺜﺎﳍﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪{ ∩⊄⊄∪ tβρ߉tGôγ•Β ΝÏδÌ≈rO#u‬‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫)‪#’n?tã $¯ΡÎ)uρ 7π¨Βé& #’n?tã $tΡu!$t/#u !$tΡô‰y`uρ $¯ΡÎ‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ‬

‫ﺗﺎﻡ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺮًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻧﺐ ﺃﺻﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﳌﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﳌﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﹰ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ ، (٨٦‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ )‪ ، (٩٠٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٣٥٥/٦‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ )‪. (٤٤٧‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٢ :‬‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺫﻧﺒًﺎ ﺇﻻ ﳝﺤﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﳝﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﳍﻢ ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ { )‪ (١‬ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺳﺒﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﲏ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ً‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺤﺪ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺭﺃﺳﻪ ! ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﲎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ }‬ ‫‪(#θãΖ¨Šu;tFsù‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫‪«!$# È≅‹Î6y™ ’Îû óΟçFö/uŸÑ #sŒÎ) (#þθãΖtΒ#u šÏ%©!$# $pκš‰r'¯≈tƒ‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺜﺒﺘﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺒﲔ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ (٣) { (#θãΖ¨Šu;tFsù } :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﲎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ . . .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻱ )‪ ، (٤٠٢١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٩٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٠٠/٥‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٩٤ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٩٤ :‬‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫)‪( ٢‬‬

‫)‪( ١‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ‪ } :‬ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻷﻗﺘﻠﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩ {‬

‫)‪( ٣‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﻛﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻬﺗﻠﻴﻼ ﺣﱴ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﳛﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳌﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﲏ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﺎﺓ ‪ " :‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪‬‬

‫} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫)‪( ٤‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻓﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﻮﻗﻔﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻗﺘﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ‬

‫ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﻤﺎ ؛ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ } ‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﻬﺑﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫)‪( ٥‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ {‬

‫)‪( ٦‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻗﺪ‬

‫ﺻﺮﳛﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﺲ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ً ‬‬

‫} ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﺍ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻱ )‪ ، (٤٠٢١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٩٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٠٠/٥‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪ ، (٣٨٥‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٠٨‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ )‪ ، (٣٩٦٧‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‬ ‫)‪ ، (٢٦٤١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٢٥/٣‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪. (٢٥٧٨‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٢‬‬ ‫)‪ (٥‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٢‬‬ ‫)‪ (٦‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٣٣٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٠‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٠٧‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ )‪ ، (٣٠٩٢‬ﺃﺑﻮ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٥٥٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٩/١‬‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻳﺆﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ {‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫‪4 öΝßγn=‹Î;y™ (#θ=y⇐sù nο4θŸ2¨“9$# (#âθs?#uuρ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫{ )‪ . (٢‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻝ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪3 ÇƒÏe$!$# ’Îû öΝä3çΡ≡uθ÷zÎ*sù nο4θŸ2¨“9$# (#âθs?#uuρ‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫‪nο4θn=¢Á9$# (#θãΒ$s%r&uρ (#θç/$s? βÎ*sù‬‬ ‫‪nο4θn=¢Á9$# (#θãΒ$s%r&uρ (#θç/$s? βÎ*sù‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺄﺩﺍﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻻ ﲢﺼﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺭ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻭﻩ ﺻﻮﺍﺑًﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺃﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﲝﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﻼ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﻟﻔﻮﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻇﻬﺮ ‪ -‬ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺯﺩﻕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺪﺩﺕ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻙ ﻭﻗﺬﻑ ﺍﶈﺼﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﻦ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﺳًﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺄﺩﻯ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﳌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﺌﺖ ﲟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻭﺇﻻ ﱂ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﲤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٢‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١ :‬‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﻮﺿﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻛﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬، ‫ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺠﺔ ﳍﻢ‬ uθèδ

} : ‫ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬، ‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‬

’Îû tÏ%©!$# $¨Βr'sù ( ×M≈yγÎ7≈t±tFãΒ ãyzé&uρ É=≈tGÅ3ø9$# ‘Πé& £èδ ìM≈yϑs3øt’Χ ×M≈tƒ#u çµ÷ΖÏΒ |=≈tGÅ3ø9$# y7ø‹n=tã tΑt“Ρr& ü“Ï%©!$# 3 ª!$# ωÎ) ÿ…ã&s#ƒÍρù's? ãΝn=÷ètƒ $tΒuρ 3 Ï&Î#ƒÍρù's? u!$tóÏGö/$#uρ ÏπuΖ÷GÏø9$# u!$tóÏGö/$# çµ÷ΖÏΒ tµt7≈t±s? $tΒ tβθãèÎ6®KuŠsù Ô÷ƒy— óΟÎγÎ/θè=è% Ÿω $oΨ−/u‘ ∩∠∪ É=≈t6ø9F{$# (#θä9'ρé& HωÎ) ã©.¤‹tƒ $tΒuρ 3 $uΖÎn/u‘ ωΖÏã ôÏiΒ @≅ä. ϵÎ/ $¨ΖtΒ#u tβθä9θà)tƒ ÉΟù=Ïèø9$# ’Îû tβθã‚Å™≡§9$#uρ ßìÏΒ$y_ y7¨ΡÎ) !$oΨ−/u‘ ∩∇∪ Ü>$¨δuθø9$# |MΡr& y7¨ΡÎ) 4 ºπyϑômu‘ y7Ρà$©! ÏΒ $uΖs9 ó=yδuρ $oΨoK÷ƒy‰yδ øŒÎ) y‰÷èt/ $oΨt/θè=è% ùøÌ“è?

‫ﺣﻘﺎ‬ ‫ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ ﹰ‬.

(١)

{

∩∪ yŠ$yèŠÏϑø9$# ß#Î=÷‚ムŸω ©!$# χÎ) 4 ϵ‹Ïù |=÷ƒu‘ ω 5ΘöθuŠÏ9 Ĩ$¨Ψ9$#

. . . ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﺃﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ﻭﺍﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺑﻪ‬

. ٩ - ٧ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬١) ٢٤


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻠﺖ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﲪﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ‪- :‬‬ ‫‪١‬ـ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻭﻫﻢ ؛‬ ‫ﻷﻬﻧﻢ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫_‪ . (١) { 4 (#θè%§xs? Ÿωuρ $Yè‹Ïϑy‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪«!$# È≅ö7pt¿2 (#θßϑÅÁtGôã$#uρ‬‬

‫‪∩∉⊄∪ šÏΖÏΒ÷σßϑø9$$Î/uρ ÍνÎóÇuΖÎ/ š‚y‰−ƒr& ü“Ï%©!$# uθèδ‬‬

‫‪y#©9r& ©!$# £Å6≈s9uρ óΟÎγÎ/θè=è% š÷t/ |Mø©9r& !$¨Β $YèŠÏΗsd ÇÚö‘F{$# ’Îû $tΒ |Mø)xΡr& öθs9 4 öΝÍκÍ5θè=è% š÷t/ y#©9r&uρ‬‬ ‫‪∩∉⊂∪ ÒΟŠÅ3ym ͕tã …çµ¯ΡÎ) 4 öΝæηuΖ÷t/‬‬

‫{‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺣﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫«‪4 >óx‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪( ٣‬‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫) ‪’Î û ö Ν å κ ÷ ] Ï Β | M ó ¡ © 9 $Y è u ‹ Ï © ( # θç Ρ %x . u ρ ö Ν å κ s ] ƒÏ Š ( # θè % §  s ù t  Ï % © ! $ # ¨ β Î‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪∩∈⊂∪ t β θã m Ì  s ù ö Ν Í κ ö ‰ y ‰ s 9‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪( ٤‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉ‬

‫‪$y ϑ Î / ¥ > ÷ “ Ï m ‘ ≅ ä . ( #\  ç / ã — ö Ν æ η u Ζ ÷  t / Οè δ t  ø Β r & ( # þ θ ã è © Ü s ) t G s ù‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢‬ـ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻼ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﳛﻞ ﳏﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ‬

‫ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ . (٥) { ×οuθ÷zÎ) tβθãΖÏΒ÷σßϑø9$# $yϑ¯ΡÎ) } :‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻨﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ‬ ‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٣ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٦٣ - ٦٢ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٥٩ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٣ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠ :‬‬ ‫‪٢٥‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺣﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﺨﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺐ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻮﺍ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻣﺘﺤﺎﺑﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{ ( öΝæηuΖ÷t/ â!$uΗxqâ‘ Í‘$¤ä3ø9$# ’n?tã â!#£‰Ï©r& ÿ…çµyètΒ tÏ%©!$#uρ 4 «!$# ãΑθß™§‘ Ó‰£ϑpt’Χ } :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪(١‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪Λäóst7ô¹r'sù öΝä3Î/θè=è% t÷t/ y#©9r'sù [!#y‰ôãr& ÷ΛäΖä. øŒÎ) öΝä3ø‹n=tæ «!$# |Myϑ÷èÏΡ (#ρãä.øŒ$#uρ‬‬

‫‪. (٢) { $ZΡ≡uθ÷zÎ) ÿϵÏFuΚ÷èÏΖÎ/‬‬ ‫‪٣‬ـ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ÏM≈ysÎ=≈¢Á9$# (#θè=Ïϑtãuρ óΟä3ΖÏΒ (#θãΖtΒ#u tÏ%©!$# ª!$# y‰tãuρ‬‬

‫‪”Ï%©!$# ãΝåκs]ƒÏŠ öΝçλm; £uΖÅj3uΚã‹s9uρ öΝÎγÎ=ö6s% ÏΒ šÏ%©!$# y#n=÷‚tGó™$# $yϑŸ2 ÇÚö‘F{$# ’Îû óΟßγ¨ΖxÎ=ø⇐tGó¡uŠs9‬‬

‫‪{ 4 $\↔ø‹x© ’Î1 šχθä.Îô³ç„ Ÿω Í_tΡρ߉ç6÷ètƒ 4 $YΖøΒr& öΝÎγÏùöθyz ω÷èt/ .ÏiΒ Νåκ¨]s9Ïd‰t7ãŠs9uρ öΝçλm; 4|Ós?ö‘$#‬‬

‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﺑﻂ‬

‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ - ٤‬ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﲏ ﳌﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻔﻌﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺨﻄﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﺘﻨﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺁﳍﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪îöyz šχθè%ÌhxtG•Β Ò>$t/ö‘r&u‬‬

‫&‪. (٤) { ∩⊂∪ â‘$£γs)ø9$# ߉Ïn≡uθø9$# ª!$# ÏΘr‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪Èβ$tƒÈθtFó¡o„ ö≅yδ @≅ã_tÏj9 $Vϑn=y™ Wξã_u‘uρ tβθÝ¡Å3≈t±tFãΒ â!%x.uఠϵŠÏù Wξã_§‘ WξsWtΒ ª!$# z>uŸÑ‬‬

‫‪. (٥) { 4 ¸ξsWtΒ‬‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٩ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٣ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٣‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٥ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٩ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٩ :‬‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﲟﱰﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﳝﻠﻜﻪ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺣﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﻛﺲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺁﳍﺔ ﺷﱴ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺑﻌﺒﺪ ﳝﻠﻜﻪ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﺴﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺭﺿﺎﻫﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻓﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻩ ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﰲ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻄﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺳﺎﱂ ﳌﺎﻟﻜﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻪ ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺷﻔﻘﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻮﻟﻴﻪ ﳌﺼﺎﳊﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪﺍﻥ !‬ ‫‪ - ٥‬ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬ ‫}‬

‫‪çµàsÜ÷‚tFsù Ï!$yϑ¡¡9$# š∅ÏΒ §yz $yϑ¯Ρr(s3sù «!$$Î/ õ8Îô³ç„ tΒuρ 4 ϵÎ/ tÏ.Îô³ãΒ uöxî ¬! u!$xuΖãm‬‬

‫‪∩⊂⊇∪ 9,‹Åsy™ 5β%s3tΒ ’Îû ßw†Ìh9$# ϵÎ/ “Èθôγs? ÷ρr& çö©Ü9$#‬‬

‫{‬

‫)‪( ١‬‬

‫‪ .‬ﻓﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﻭﺳﻔﻮﻝ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻩ ﻭﺳﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﻌﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﻬﺒﻄﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺒﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺒﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺳﺎﻓﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻄﻒ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﲤﺰﻗﻪ ﻛﻞ ﳑﺰﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺆﺯﺭﻩ ﻭﺗﺰﻋﺠﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻈﺎﻥ ﻫﻼﻛﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻬﺗﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺤﻴﻖ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - ٦‬ﻋﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ؛ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ } ‬ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ {‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫) ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫)‪ (١‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣١ :‬‬ ‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ )‪ ، (٢٧٨٦‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢١‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٠٦‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ‬ ‫)‪ ، (٣٩٧١‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ )‪ ، (٢٦٤٠‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٣٩٢٨‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١١/١‬‬ ‫‪٢٧‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫) ‪ ( ٢١٧/١٣‬ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ‪ ، ( .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ) ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺼﻢ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻬﺑﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺧﻠﻔﺎﺅﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ‪. . .‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٨‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ -٧‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪ -٨‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ‬ ‫‪ -٩‬ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪ -١٠‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪ -١١‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪ -١٢‬ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪ -١٣‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪ -١٤‬ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ‬

‫‪٢٩‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺭﻫﺒﺎﻬﻧﻢ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻭﻣﺎ ‪١٦ ........................‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻵﳍﺔ ﺇﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻋﺠﺎﺏ ‪١٥ ,١٤.......................................‬‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ‪٣ .......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﻡ ﳍﻢ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪١٦ ,١٥.....................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﻌﺎ ﻟﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ‪٢٥ ..............‬‬ ‫ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺧﻮﻳﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﲪﻮﻥ ‪٢٥ ........................‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﱐ ﻭﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﺬﻛﺮﻱ ‪٥ .....................................‬‬

‫ﺇﻬﻧﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﳍﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﱪﻭﻥ‪١٥ ...........................................‬‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ ‪٢٠ ..............................‬‬ ‫ﺣﻨﻔﺎﺀ ﷲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻓﻜﺄﳕﺎ ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺨﻄﻔﻪ ‪٢٧ ..............‬‬

‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪١١ ........................‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺴﻂ ‪٧ ,٣ ..........................‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﻛﺴﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺟﻼ ﺳﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﻥ ‪٢٦ ............‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﻠﺦ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻡ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺟﺪﲤﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺧﺬﻭﻫﻢ ‪٢٣ ....................‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻌﻮﺩﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ‪٥ ..........................‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﻜﻜﻢ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﻛﺮﻛﻢ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻓﻤﻦ ‪٥ ...............‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﺬﻧﺒﻚ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﷲ ‪٣ .........................‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺁﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻓﺈﺧﻮﺍﻧﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻧﻔﺼﻞ ‪٢٣ ........................‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻘﻄﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺯﺑﺮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺰﺏ ﲟﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻓﺮﺣﻮﻥ ‪٢٥ .............................‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻲ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻦ ‪١٣ ...................‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻪ ‪١٣ ...........................‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺘﻐﻮﺍ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻀﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ‪٥ ..............‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﻬﻢ ‪٥ ...................‬‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺷﺪﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺭﲪﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﻢ ‪٢٦ ........................‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﳏﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻦ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﻬﺑﺎﺕ‪٢٤ ..........‬‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ‪٣ ........................‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﺠﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ ﻓﻼ ﺇﰒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ‪٥ ......................‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﰉ ‪١٣ .........................‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﲝﺒﻞ ﺍﷲ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﺫ ‪٢٦ ,٢٥....................‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺪﻋﻮﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺴﺒﻚ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪٢٥ ....................‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺒﻪ ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ ‪٧ ..............................................‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺨﻠﻔﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ‪٢٦ ....................‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﳑﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻔﺴﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻮﻥ ‪١٦ ....................‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪١٥ .................‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺜﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ‪١٣ ..................‬‬

‫ﻭﷲ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻮﻩ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺫﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﺤﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺃﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﺰﻭﻥ ‪١٧ ...................‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﰊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﺖ‪١٦ ......................‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﻭﻥ ‪٨ ....................‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ‪٧ ....................................................‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﺮﺑﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺒﻴﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ‪٢١ ..............................‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻛﺮﺍ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪٦ .................................................‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﱄ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ‪١٦ ..........................‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺻﺎﺣﱯ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺃﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻮﻥ ﺧﲑ ﺃﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ‪٢٦ ...........................‬‬

‫ﻳﱰﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪٨ .......................‬‬

‫‪٣١‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻃﺎﻋﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ‪١٦ ..........‬‬ ‫ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺷﺎﻙ ‪١٩ ......................‬‬

‫ﺃﻗﺘﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٢ ,٢١.....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ‪٢٢ ......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪٢٢ .................‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٢ ..............‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٢ .......................................‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ‪٢٧ ...................‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ ‪٦ ..................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻷﻗﺘﻠﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺎﺩ ‪٢٢ ............................‬‬

‫ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ‪٦ ......................‬‬ ‫ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ‪٩ .....................‬‬ ‫ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺘﻪ ‪٢٠ .........................................................‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﲏ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﲝﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﻬﺑﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٢ ......................‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪١٩ ......................‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ‪٩ ...............‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪١٩ ..............‬‬ ‫ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻣﻌﺎﺫﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ‪٨ ...............‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻪ ‪١٣ ..........................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪٨ ..........‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪١٩ ..................‬‬

‫ﻳﺼﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺀﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ‪٩ ............‬‬

‫‪٣٢‬‬


‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ‪ :‬ﳌﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﶈﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ‪٢ ......‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪٥ ....................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ‪٧ ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪٩ .........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ ‪١١ ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ‪١٣ ..............................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ‪١٩ .........................................‬‬ ‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪٢٥ ........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ‪٢٩ ...................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪٣٠ ...........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪٣٢ ........................................................................‬‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬


مكتبتي::معنى لا إله إلا الله ومقتضاها وآثارها في الفرد والمجتمع